blob: 63b3f6a1cb2bb887dc6c4b5bfd7ed13b28f7f7d5 [file] [log] [blame]
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +000014
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000025#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000026#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000027#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000028#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000029#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
Mehdi Amini9670f842016-07-18 19:02:11 +000030#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000031#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000038#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000042#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000043#include <algorithm>
44#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000045#include <list>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000046#include <set>
47#include <utility>
48#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000049
50using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000051using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000052
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000053namespace {
54 class UnqualUsingEntry {
55 const DeclContext *Nominated;
56 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000057
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000058 public:
59 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
60 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
61 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
62 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000063
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000064 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
65 return CommonAncestor;
66 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000067
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000068 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
69 return Nominated;
70 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000071
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000072 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
73 struct Comparator {
74 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
75 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
76 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000077
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000078 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
79 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
80 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000081
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000082 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
83 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
84 }
85 };
86 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000087
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000088 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
89 /// lookup.
90 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000091 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000092
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000093 ListTy list;
94 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000095
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000096 public:
97 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000098
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000099 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000100 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000101 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
102 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
103 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000104 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000105 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000106
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000107 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000108 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
109 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
110 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000111 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000112 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
113 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
114 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000115 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
116 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000117 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000118 }
119 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000120
121 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
122 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
123 // declared in the context.
124 //
125 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
126 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
127 // the effective DCs right.
128 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000129 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000130 return;
131
132 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
133 }
134
135 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
136 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
137 // were declared in the effective DC.
138 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
139 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000140 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000141 return;
142
143 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
144 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
145 }
146
147 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
148 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
149 // the given effective context.
150 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +0000151 SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000152 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000153 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000154 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000155 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000156 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
157 queue.push_back(NS);
158 }
159 }
160
161 if (queue.empty())
162 return;
163
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000164 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000165 }
166 }
167
168 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
169 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
170 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
171 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
172 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
173 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
174 // the first.
175 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
176 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
177 // the nominated namespace.
178 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
179 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
180 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000181 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000182
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000183 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
184 }
185
186 void done() {
187 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
188 }
189
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000190 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000191
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000192 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
193 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
194
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000195 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000196 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000197 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
198 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
199 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000200 }
201 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000202} // end anonymous namespace
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000203
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000204// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
205// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000206static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
207 bool CPlusPlus,
208 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209 unsigned IDNS = 0;
210 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000211 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000212 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000213 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000214 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000215 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000216 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000217 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000218 if (Redeclaration)
219 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000220 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000221 if (Redeclaration)
222 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000223 break;
224
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000225 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
226 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
227 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
228 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
229 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
230 break;
231
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000232 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000233 if (CPlusPlus) {
234 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
235
236 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
237 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
238 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
239 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
240 // "overload" with tag decls.
241 if (Redeclaration)
242 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
243 } else {
244 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
245 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000246 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000247
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000248 case Sema::LookupLabel:
249 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
250 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000251
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000252 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
253 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
254 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000255 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000256 break;
257
258 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000259 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
260 break;
261
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000262 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000263 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000264 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000265
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000266 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000267 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
268 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
269 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
270 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000271 break;
272
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000273 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
274 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
275 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000276
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +0000277 case Sema::LookupOMPReductionName:
278 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_OMPReduction;
279 break;
280
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000281 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000282 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000283 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
284 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
285 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000286 }
287 return IDNS;
288}
289
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000290void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000291 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000292 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000293
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000294 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
295 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
296 // operators can be found.
297 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
298 case OO_New:
299 case OO_Delete:
300 case OO_Array_New:
301 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000302 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000303 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000304
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000305 default:
306 break;
307 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000308
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000309 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
310 // up being declared.
311 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
312 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000313 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000314 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000315 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000316 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000317}
318
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000319bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000320 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000321 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
322 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
323 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
324 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
325 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
326 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
327 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000328 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
329 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000330 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
331 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
332 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000333 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000334}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000335
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000336// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000337void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000338 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000339}
340
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000341/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
342/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000343static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000344 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
345 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
346 // those.
347 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
348 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
349 return DC;
350
351 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
352 // declaration must have been found there.
353 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
354}
355
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000356/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
357/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000358static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000359 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
360 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
361 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
362 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
363 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
364 return true;
365
366 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
367 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
368
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000369 // If they have different underlying declarations, prefer a typedef over the
370 // original type (this happens when two type declarations denote the same
371 // type), per a generous reading of C++ [dcl.typedef]p3 and p4. The typedef
372 // might carry additional semantic information, such as an alignment override.
373 // However, per C++ [dcl.typedef]p5, when looking up a tag name, prefer a tag
374 // declaration over a typedef.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000375 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
376 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000377 bool HaveTag = isa<TagDecl>(EUnderlying);
378 bool WantTag = Kind == Sema::LookupTagName;
379 return HaveTag != WantTag;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000380 }
381
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000382 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
383 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
384 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
385 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
386 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
387 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
388 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
389 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
390 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
391 if (DMin != EMin)
392 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000393 // FIXME: When we track visibility for default function arguments, check
394 // that we pick the declaration with more visible default arguments.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000395 }
396
397 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
398 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
399 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
400 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
401 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000402 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred. Note that default
403 // arguments (and their visibility) is monotonically increasing across the
404 // redeclaration chain, so this is a quick proxy for "is more recent".
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000405 if (DMin != EMin)
406 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000407 // If D has more *visible* default arguments, it is preferred. Note, an
408 // earlier default argument being visible does not imply that a later
409 // default argument is visible, so we can't just check the first one.
410 for (unsigned I = DMin, N = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->size();
411 I != N; ++I) {
412 if (!S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
413 ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)) &&
414 S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
415 DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)))
416 return true;
417 }
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000418 }
419
Vassil Vassilev4d75e8d2016-02-28 19:08:24 +0000420 // VarDecl can have incomplete array types, prefer the one with more complete
421 // array type.
422 if (VarDecl *DVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
423 VarDecl *EVD = cast<VarDecl>(EUnderlying);
424 if (EVD->getType()->isIncompleteType() &&
425 !DVD->getType()->isIncompleteType()) {
426 // Prefer the decl with a more complete type if visible.
427 return S.isVisible(DVD);
428 }
429 return false; // Avoid picking up a newer decl, just because it was newer.
430 }
431
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000432 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
433 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
434 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
435 // keep what we've got.
436 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
437 }
438
439 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000440 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
441 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
442 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
443 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000444 return false;
445}
446
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000447/// Determine whether \p D can hide a tag declaration.
448static bool canHideTag(NamedDecl *D) {
449 // C++ [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
450 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region [...]
451 // exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration name
452 // that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all refer to
Richard Smith4eeaec42016-12-18 22:01:46 +0000453 // the same variable, non-static data member, or enumerator, or all refer
454 // to functions and function templates; in this case the class name or
455 // enumeration name is hidden.
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000456 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
457 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of a
458 // variable, data member, function, or enumerator declared in the same
459 // scope.
Richard Smith4eeaec42016-12-18 22:01:46 +0000460 // An UnresolvedUsingValueDecl always instantiates to one of these.
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000461 D = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
462 return isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D) ||
Richard Smith4eeaec42016-12-18 22:01:46 +0000463 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || isa<FieldDecl>(D) ||
464 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000465}
466
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000467/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000468void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000469 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000470
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000471 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000472 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000473 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
474 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000475 return;
476 }
477
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000478 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
479 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000480 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000481 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
482 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000483 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000484 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000485 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
486 return;
487 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000488
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000489 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000490 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000491
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000492 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000493 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000494
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000495 bool Ambiguous = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000496 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000497 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000498 NamedDecl *HasNonFunction = nullptr;
499
500 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> EquivalentNonFunctions;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000501
502 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000503
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000504 unsigned I = 0;
505 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000506 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
507 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000508
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000509 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
Richard Smith5cd86f82015-11-03 03:13:11 +0000510 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !(I == 0 && N == 1)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000511 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
512 continue;
513 }
514
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000515 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
516
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000517 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
518 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
519 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
520 // canonical type.
521 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000522 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
523 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
524 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
525 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
526 // The type is not unique.
527 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000528 }
529 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000530
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000531 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
532 // canonical declaration.
533 if (!ExistingI) {
534 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
535 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
536 // We've seen this entity before.
537 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000538 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000539 }
540
541 if (ExistingI) {
542 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
543 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000544 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000545 Decls[*ExistingI]))
546 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
547 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000548 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000549 }
550
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000551 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000552
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000553 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
554 HasUnresolved = true;
555 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
556 if (HasTag)
557 Ambiguous = true;
558 UniqueTagIndex = I;
559 HasTag = true;
560 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
561 HasFunction = true;
562 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
563 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
564 HasFunction = true;
565 } else {
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000566 if (HasNonFunction) {
567 // If we're about to create an ambiguity between two declarations that
568 // are equivalent, but one is an internal linkage declaration from one
569 // module and the other is an internal linkage declaration from another
570 // module, just skip it.
571 if (getSema().isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(HasNonFunction,
572 D)) {
573 EquivalentNonFunctions.push_back(D);
574 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
575 continue;
576 }
577
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000578 Ambiguous = true;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000579 }
580 HasNonFunction = D;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000581 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000582 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000583 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000584
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000585 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
586 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
587 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
588 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
589 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
590 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
591 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
592 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
593 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000594 if (N > 1 && HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000595 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000596 NamedDecl *OtherDecl = Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1];
597 if (isa<TagDecl>(Decls[UniqueTagIndex]->getUnderlyingDecl()) &&
598 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
599 getContextForScopeMatching(OtherDecl)) &&
600 canHideTag(OtherDecl))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000601 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
602 else
603 Ambiguous = true;
604 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000605
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000606 // FIXME: This diagnostic should really be delayed until we're done with
607 // the lookup result, in case the ambiguity is resolved by the caller.
608 if (!EquivalentNonFunctions.empty() && !Ambiguous)
609 getSema().diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
610 getNameLoc(), HasNonFunction, EquivalentNonFunctions);
611
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000612 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000613
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000614 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000615 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000616
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000617 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000618 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000619 else if (HasUnresolved)
620 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000621 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000622 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000623 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000624 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000625}
626
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000627void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000628 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000629 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000630 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
631 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000632 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000633}
634
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000635void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000636 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
637 Paths->swap(P);
638 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
639 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000640 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000641}
642
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000643void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000644 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
645 Paths->swap(P);
646 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
647 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000648 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000649}
650
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000651void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000652 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
653 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
654 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000655
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000656 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
657 Out << "\n";
658 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
659 }
660}
661
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +0000662LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void LookupResult::dump() {
663 llvm::errs() << "lookup results for " << getLookupName().getAsString()
664 << ":\n";
665 for (NamedDecl *D : *this)
666 D->dump();
667}
668
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000669/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
670/// fail.
671static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
672 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
673
674 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
675 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
676 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
677 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
678 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
679 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
680 if (II) {
Eric Fiselier6ad68552016-07-01 01:24:09 +0000681 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName) {
682 if (II == S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqName()) {
683 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqDecl());
684 return true;
685 } else if (II == S.getASTContext().getTypePackElementName()) {
686 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getTypePackElementDecl());
687 return true;
688 }
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000689 }
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000690
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000691 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
692 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
Anastasia Stulovab607e0f2016-02-02 11:29:43 +0000693 // In C++ and OpenCL (spec v1.2 s6.9.f), we don't have any predefined
694 // library functions like 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
695 if ((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000696 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
697 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000698
699 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
700 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000701 R.isForRedeclaration(),
702 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000703 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000704 return true;
705 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000706 }
707 }
708 }
709
710 return false;
711}
712
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000713/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
714/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000715static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000716 // We need to have a definition for the class.
717 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
718 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000719
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000720 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000721 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000722}
723
724void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000725 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000726 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000727
728 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000729 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000730 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000731
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000732 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000733 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000734 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000735
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000736 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000737 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000738 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
739
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000740 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000741 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
742 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Richard Smitha87b7662016-05-13 18:48:05 +0000743 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000744
745 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
746 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Richard Smitha87b7662016-05-13 18:48:05 +0000747 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000748 }
749
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000750 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000751 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000752 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000753}
754
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000755/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000756/// special member function.
757static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
758 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000759 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000760 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
761 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000762
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000763 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
764 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000765
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000766 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000767 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000768 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000769
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000770 return false;
771}
772
773/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
774/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000775static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000776 DeclarationName Name,
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +0000777 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000778 const DeclContext *DC) {
779 if (!DC)
780 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000781
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000782 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000783 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
784 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000785 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000786 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000787 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000788 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000789 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000790 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000791 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000792 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
793 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000794 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000795 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000796
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000797 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
798 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000799 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000800 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000801 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000802 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000803
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000804 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
805 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
806 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000807
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000808 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000809 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000810 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000811 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000812 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000813 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000814 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
815 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
816 }
817 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000818 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000819
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +0000820 case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName:
821 S.DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(Name.getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate(), Loc);
822 break;
823
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000824 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000825 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000826 }
827}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000828
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000829// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
830// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000831static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000832 bool Found = false;
833
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000834 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000835 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +0000836 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
837 DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000838
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000839 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000840 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
Yaron Keren31bde582017-04-12 10:05:48 +0000841 for (NamedDecl *D : DR) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000842 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000843 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000844 Found = true;
845 }
846 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000847
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000848 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
849 return true;
850
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000851 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000852 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
853 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
854 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
855 return Found;
856
857 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000858 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000859 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
860 // context of the use are considered. [...]
861 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000862 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000863 return Found;
864
Erich Keanec9cb1c12017-06-20 17:38:07 +0000865 // For conversion operators, 'operator auto' should only match
866 // 'operator auto'. Since 'auto' is not a type, it shouldn't be considered
867 // as a candidate for template substitution.
868 auto *ContainedDeducedType =
869 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->getContainedDeducedType();
870 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind() ==
871 DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
872 ContainedDeducedType && ContainedDeducedType->isUndeducedType())
873 return Found;
874
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000875 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
876 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000877 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
878 if (!ConvTemplate)
879 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000880
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000881 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000882 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
883 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000884 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
885 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
886 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
887 Found = true;
888 continue;
889 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000890
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000891 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000892 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
893 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000894 // name lookup.
895 //
896 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
897 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000898 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000899 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
900 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000901 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000902 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000903
904 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000905 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
906 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000907
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000908 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
909 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
910 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000911 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000912 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000913 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000914 QualType ExpectedType
915 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000916 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000917
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000918 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
919 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000920 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000921 Specialization, Info)
922 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
923 R.addDecl(Specialization);
924 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000925 }
926 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000927
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000928 return Found;
929}
930
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000931// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000932static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000933CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000934 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000935
936 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
937
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000938 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000939 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000940
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000941 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
942 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000943 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
944 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000945 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000946
947 R.resolveKind();
948
949 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000950}
951
952static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000953 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000954 return Ctx->isFileContext();
955 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000956}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000957
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000958// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
959// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
960// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
961// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
962// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
963// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
964// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
965static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000966 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000967 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000968 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000969 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
970 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000971 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000972 break;
973 }
974 }
975
976 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
977 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
978 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
979 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
980 // a member of this namespace.
981 //
982 // Example:
983 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000984 // namespace N {
985 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000986 //
987 // template<class T> class B {
988 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000989 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000990 // }
991 //
992 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
993 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
994 // }
995 //
996 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
997 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000998 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000999 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
1000 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
1001
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001002 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001003 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
1004 // template<class C>.
1005 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
1006 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
1007 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
1008 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001009
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001010 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
1011 // the example, this is namespace N.
1012 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
1013 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
1014 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001015
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001016 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
1017 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
1018 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
1019 // example, this is the global scope.
1020 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
1021 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
1022 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
1023
1024 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001025}
1026
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001027namespace {
1028/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
1029/// declarations.
1030struct FindLocalExternScope {
1031 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
1032 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
1033 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
1034 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
1035 }
1036 void restore() {
1037 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
1038 }
1039 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
1040 restore();
1041 }
1042 LookupResult &R;
1043 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
1044};
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00001045} // end anonymous namespace
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001046
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001047bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001048 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001049
1050 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001051 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001052
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001053 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
1054 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
1055 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
1056 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001057 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +00001058 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, R.getNameLoc(), DC);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001059 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001060
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001061 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
1062 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
1063
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001064 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001065 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001066 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
1067 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001068
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001069 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +00001070 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001071 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
1072 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
1073 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00001074 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001075 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001076 //
1077 // For example:
1078 // namespace A { int i; }
1079 // void foo() {
1080 // int i;
1081 // {
1082 // using namespace A;
1083 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
1084 // }
1085 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001086 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001087 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
1088 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001089 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001090 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001091
1092 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1093 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1094
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001095 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001096 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001097 bool SearchNamespaceScope = true;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001098 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001099 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001100 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001101 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage &&
1102 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
1103 // If it's a template parameter, we still find it, so we can diagnose
1104 // the invalid redeclaration.
1105
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001106 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1107 // out-of-scope.
1108 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1109 LeftStartingScope = true;
1110
1111 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001112 // does not have linkage, skip it.
1113 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001114 R.setShadowed();
1115 continue;
1116 }
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001117 } else {
1118 // We found something in this scope, we should not look at the
1119 // namespace scope
1120 SearchNamespaceScope = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001121 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001122 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001123 }
1124 }
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001125 if (!SearchNamespaceScope) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001126 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001127 if (S->isClassScope())
1128 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1129 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001130 return true;
1131 }
1132
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001133 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001134 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1135 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1136 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1137 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1138 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1139 return false;
1140 }
1141
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001142 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1143 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1144 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001145 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001146 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1147 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1148 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1149 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001150 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001151 }
1152
1153 if (Ctx) {
1154 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1155 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001156 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001157 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1158 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1159
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001160 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001161 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1162 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1163 // non-transparent context.
1164 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001165 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001166
1167 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1168 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1169 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1170 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1171 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1172 // in the corresponding interface.
1173 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1174 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1175 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1176 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1177 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001178 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001179 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001180 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1181 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001182 R.resolveKind();
1183 return true;
1184 }
1185 }
1186 }
1187 }
1188
1189 continue;
1190 }
1191
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001192 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1193 // lookup considering using directives.
1194 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001195 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1196 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1197 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001198 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1199 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1200 continue;
1201
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001202 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001203 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001204
1205 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1206 // from local scopes.
1207 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1208 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1209 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1210 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1211 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1212
1213 UDirs.done();
1214
1215 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1216 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001217
1218 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1219 R.resolveKind();
1220 return true;
1221 }
1222
1223 continue;
1224 }
1225
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001226 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1227 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1228 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1229 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1230 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1231 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001232 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001233 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001234 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001235 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001236 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001237
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001238 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1239 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1240 if (!S) return false;
1241
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001242 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001243 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001244 return false;
1245
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001246 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001247 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001248 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001249 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1250 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001251 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1252 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1253 UDirs.done();
1254 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001255
1256 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1257 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1258 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1259 FindLocals.restore();
1260
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001261 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001262 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1263 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1264 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1265 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001266 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001267 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001268 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001269 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001270 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1271 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1272 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1273 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001274 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001275 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001276 }
1277 }
1278
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001279 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001280 R.resolveKind();
1281 return true;
1282 }
1283
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001284 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001285 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1286 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1287 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001288 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001289 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1290 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1291 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1292 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001293 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001294 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001295
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001296 if (Ctx) {
1297 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1298 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001299 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001300 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1301 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1302
1303 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1304 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1305 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1306 // non-transparent context.
1307 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1308 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001309
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001310 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1311 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1312 // look into that context.
Chandler Carruth6232e4d2016-11-04 06:16:09 +00001313 if (!(Found && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001314 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1315 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001316
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001317 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1318 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1319 Found = true;
1320 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001321
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001322 if (Found) {
1323 R.resolveKind();
1324 return true;
1325 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001326
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001327 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1328 return false;
1329 }
1330 }
1331
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001332 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001333 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001334 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001335
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001336 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001337}
1338
Richard Smith858e0e02017-05-11 23:11:16 +00001339void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND) {
1340 if (auto *M = getCurrentModule())
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001341 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1342 else
1343 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
Richard Smith90dc5252017-06-23 01:04:34 +00001344 ND->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001345
1346 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1347 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1348 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1349 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
Richard Smith858e0e02017-05-11 23:11:16 +00001350 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001351}
1352
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001353/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001354static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001355 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1356 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1357 // the module containing the pattern.
1358 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1359 Entity = Pattern;
1360 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001361 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1362 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001363 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
Richard Smith2195ec92017-04-21 01:15:13 +00001364 if (auto *Pattern = ED->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1365 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001366 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
Richard Smith2195ec92017-04-21 01:15:13 +00001367 if (VarDecl *Pattern = VD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1368 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001369 }
1370
Chandler Carruthbd186c02017-04-19 05:25:13 +00001371 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1372 // from a template.
1373 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1374 if (Context->isFileContext())
1375 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1376 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001377}
1378
1379llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001380 unsigned N = CodeSynthesisContexts.size();
1381 for (unsigned I = CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules.size();
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001382 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001383 Module *M = getDefiningModule(*this, CodeSynthesisContexts[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001384 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001385 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001386 CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules.push_back(M);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001387 }
1388 return LookupModulesCache;
1389}
1390
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001391bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1392 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1393 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1394 return true;
1395 return false;
1396}
1397
Richard Smithe03a6542017-07-05 01:42:07 +00001398bool Sema::hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def) {
1399 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1400 if (Merged->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
1401 return true;
1402 return false;
1403}
1404
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001405template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001406static bool
1407hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1408 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001409 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1410 return false;
1411
1412 while (D) {
1413 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1414 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1415 return true;
1416
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001417 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1418 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1419 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1420 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1421 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1422 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001423
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001424 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1425 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1426 }
1427 return false;
1428}
1429
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001430bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1431 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001432 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001433 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001434 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001435 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1436 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1437 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001438}
1439
Richard Smith54f04402017-05-18 02:29:20 +00001440template<typename Filter>
1441static bool hasVisibleDeclarationImpl(Sema &S, const NamedDecl *D,
1442 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules,
1443 Filter F) {
1444 for (auto *Redecl : D->redecls()) {
1445 auto *R = cast<NamedDecl>(Redecl);
1446 if (!F(R))
1447 continue;
1448
1449 if (S.isVisible(R))
1450 return true;
1451
1452 if (Modules) {
1453 Modules->push_back(R->getOwningModule());
1454 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(R);
1455 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1456 }
1457 }
1458
1459 return false;
1460}
1461
1462bool Sema::hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization(
1463 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1464 return hasVisibleDeclarationImpl(*this, D, Modules, [](const NamedDecl *D) {
1465 if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))
1466 return RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
1467 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
1468 return FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
1469 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1470 return VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
1471 llvm_unreachable("unknown explicit specialization kind");
1472 });
1473}
1474
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001475bool Sema::hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1476 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1477 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()) &&
1478 "not a member specialization");
Richard Smith54f04402017-05-18 02:29:20 +00001479 return hasVisibleDeclarationImpl(*this, D, Modules, [](const NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001480 // If the specialization is declared at namespace scope, then it's a member
1481 // specialization declaration. If it's lexically inside the class
1482 // definition then it was instantiated.
1483 //
1484 // FIXME: This is a hack. There should be a better way to determine this.
1485 // FIXME: What about MS-style explicit specializations declared within a
1486 // class definition?
Richard Smith54f04402017-05-18 02:29:20 +00001487 return D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFileContext();
1488 });
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001489
1490 return false;
1491}
1492
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001493/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1494///
1495/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1496/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1497/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1498/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1499/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1500/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1501bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001502 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001503
Richard Smith54f04402017-05-18 02:29:20 +00001504 Module *DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
Richard Smithe03a6542017-07-05 01:42:07 +00001505 if (!DeclModule) {
1506 // A module-private declaration with no owning module means this is in the
1507 // global module in the C++ Modules TS. This is visible within the same
1508 // translation unit only.
1509 // FIXME: Don't assume that "same translation unit" means the same thing
1510 // as "not from an AST file".
1511 assert(D->isModulePrivate() && "hidden decl has no module");
1512 return !D->isFromASTFile();
1513 }
Richard Smith54f04402017-05-18 02:29:20 +00001514
1515 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1516 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1517 // top-level module.)
Richard Smithe03a6542017-07-05 01:42:07 +00001518 if (D->isModulePrivate()
1519 ? DeclModule->getTopLevelModuleName() ==
1520 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CurrentModule ||
1521 SemaRef.hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(D)
1522 : SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1523 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D))
Richard Smith54f04402017-05-18 02:29:20 +00001524 return true;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001525
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001526 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1527 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1528 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
Richard Smith8df390f2016-09-08 23:14:54 +00001529 if (!D->isModulePrivate() && DC && !DC->isFileContext() &&
1530 !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC) && !isa<ExportDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001531 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1532 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1533 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
Vassil Vassilev714b81c2016-09-08 20:34:41 +00001534 //
1535 // In C++ we need to check for a visible definition due to ODR merging,
1536 // and in C we must not because each declaration of a function gets its own
1537 // set of declarations for tags in prototype scope.
1538 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)
1539 || (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001540 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1541 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001542 if (SemaRef.CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001543 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1544 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001545 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1546 // its parent has a visible definition.
Richard Smith90dc5252017-06-23 01:04:34 +00001547 D->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001548 }
1549 return true;
1550 }
1551 return false;
1552 }
1553
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001554 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1555 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1556 if (LookupModules.empty())
1557 return false;
1558
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001559 if (!DeclModule) {
1560 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1561 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1562 }
1563
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001564 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1565 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1566 return true;
1567
1568 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1569 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1570 return false;
1571
1572 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1573 // the lookup set.
Yaron Keren941ad902015-11-23 19:28:42 +00001574 return std::any_of(LookupModules.begin(), LookupModules.end(),
Yaron Keren4c31fcf2015-11-24 20:18:24 +00001575 [&](Module *M) { return M->isModuleVisible(DeclModule); });
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001576}
1577
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001578bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1579 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1580}
1581
Richard Smith10568d82015-11-17 03:02:41 +00001582bool Sema::shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &R, const NamedDecl *New) {
1583 for (auto *D : R) {
1584 if (isVisible(D))
1585 return true;
1586 }
1587 return New->isExternallyVisible();
1588}
1589
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001590/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1591///
1592/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1593/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1594/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001595///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001596/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1597/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001598static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1599 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001600
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001601 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001602 // Don't bother with extra checks if we already know this one isn't visible.
1603 if (RD == D)
1604 continue;
1605
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001606 auto ND = cast<NamedDecl>(RD);
1607 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1608 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1609 // carefully.
1610 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
1611 return ND;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001612 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001613
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001614 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001615}
1616
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001617bool Sema::hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1618 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1619 assert(!isVisible(D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith54f04402017-05-18 02:29:20 +00001620 return hasVisibleDeclarationImpl(*this, D, Modules,
1621 [](const NamedDecl *) { return true; });
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001622}
1623
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001624NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001625 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1626 // Namespaces are a bit of a special case: we expect there to be a lot of
1627 // redeclarations of some namespaces, all declarations of a namespace are
1628 // essentially interchangeable, all declarations are found by name lookup
1629 // if any is, and namespaces are never looked up during template
1630 // instantiation. So we benefit from caching the check in this case, and
1631 // it is correct to do so.
1632 auto *Key = ND->getCanonicalDecl();
1633 if (auto *Acceptable = getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.lookup(Key))
1634 return Acceptable;
1635 auto *Acceptable =
1636 isVisible(getSema(), Key) ? Key : findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), Key);
1637 if (Acceptable)
1638 getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.insert(std::make_pair(Key, Acceptable));
1639 return Acceptable;
1640 }
1641
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001642 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001643}
1644
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001645/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1646/// scope.
1647///
1648/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1649/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1650/// @code
1651/// int x;
1652/// int f() {
1653/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1654/// }
1655/// @endcode
1656///
1657/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1658/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1659/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1660/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1661/// class LookupCriteria.
1662///
1663/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1664/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1665/// in the parent scopes.
1666///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001667/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1668/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1669/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1670/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001671///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001672/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001673bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1674 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001675 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001676
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001677 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1678
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001679 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001680 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1681 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001682 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001683 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1684 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001685 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001686 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001687 }
1688
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001689 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1690 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1691
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001692 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1693 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1694 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1695 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001696 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1697
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001698 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001699 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001700 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001701 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001702 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1703 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1704 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001705 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001706 LeftStartingScope = true;
1707
1708 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1709 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001710 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1711 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001712 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001713 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001714 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001715 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1716 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1717 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001718
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001719 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001720
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001721 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1722 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001723 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001724 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1725 // actually exists in a Scope).
1726 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1727 S = S->getParent();
1728
1729 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1730 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1731 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1732 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001733 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001734
1735 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001736 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001737 if (!S)
1738 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1739
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001740 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1741 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001742 if (S) {
1743 // Match based on scope.
1744 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1745 break;
1746 } else {
1747 // Match based on DeclContext.
1748 DeclContext *LastDC
1749 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1750 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1751 break;
1752 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001753
1754 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1755 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1756 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001757 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001758
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001759 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001760 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001761
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001762 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001763 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001764 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001765 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001766 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001767 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001768 }
1769
1770 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1771 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1772 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001773 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1774 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001775
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001776 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1777 // may be able to handle the situation.
1778 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1779 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1780 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001781}
1782
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001783/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1784/// using directives by the given context.
1785///
1786/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001787/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001788/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1789/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1790/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1791/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1792/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1793/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1794/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1795/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1796/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1797/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1798/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1799/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001800///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001801/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1802/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1803/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1804/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1805/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1806/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1807/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1808/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1809/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001810static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001811 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001812 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1813
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001814 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1815 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001816
1817 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001818 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001819 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1820
1821 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1822 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001823 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001824
1825 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1826 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001827 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1828 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001829 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001830 Queue.push_back(ND);
1831 }
1832
1833 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1834 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1835 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1836 // a tag.
1837 bool FoundTag = false;
1838 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1839
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001840 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001841
1842 bool Found = false;
1843 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001844 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001845
1846 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1847 // between LookupResults.
1848 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001849 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001850 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001851
1852 if (FoundDirect) {
1853 // First do any local hiding.
1854 DirectR.resolveKind();
1855
1856 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1857 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1858 FoundTag = true;
1859 else
1860 FoundNonTag = true;
1861
1862 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1863 if (UseLocal) {
1864 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1865 LocalR.clear();
1866 }
1867 }
1868
1869 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1870 if (FoundDirect) {
1871 Found = true;
1872 continue;
1873 }
1874
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001875 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001876 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001877 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001878 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1879 }
1880 }
1881
1882 if (Found) {
1883 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1884 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1885 else
1886 R.resolveKind();
1887 }
1888
1889 return Found;
1890}
1891
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001892/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001893static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001894 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001895 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001896
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001897 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001898 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001899}
1900
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001901/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001902/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1903template<typename InputIterator>
1904static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1905 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1906 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1907 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001908
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001909 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1910 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1911 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1912 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1913 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001914
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001915 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1916 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1917 break;
1918 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001919
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001920 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1921 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1922 break;
1923 }
1924 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001925
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001926 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1927 return true;
1928 }
1929
1930 return false;
1931}
1932
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001933/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001934///
1935/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1936/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001937/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001938///
1939/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1940/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1941/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1942/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1943/// class LookupCriteria.
1944///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001945/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1946///
1947/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001948/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1949/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1950///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001951/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001952/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001953///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001954/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1955bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1956 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001957 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001958
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001959 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001960 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001961
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001962 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1963 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1964 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001965 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001966 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001967 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001968
Eugene Leviant0d8103e2015-11-18 12:48:05 +00001969 struct QualifiedLookupInScope {
1970 bool oldVal;
1971 DeclContext *Context;
1972 // Set flag in DeclContext informing debugger that we're looking for qualified name
1973 QualifiedLookupInScope(DeclContext *ctx) : Context(ctx) {
1974 oldVal = ctx->setUseQualifiedLookup();
1975 }
1976 ~QualifiedLookupInScope() {
1977 Context->setUseQualifiedLookup(oldVal);
1978 }
1979 } QL(LookupCtx);
1980
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001981 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001982 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001983 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1984 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001985 return true;
1986 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001987
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001988 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1989 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1990 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1991 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1992 // for the namespace member has the form
1993 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1994 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1995 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1996 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001997 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001998 return false;
1999
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002000 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002001 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00002002 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002003
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00002004 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00002005 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002006 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00002007 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002008 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002009
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002010 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
2011 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002012 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002013 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
2014 // or we have to fail.
2015 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
2016 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
2017 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2018 return false;
2019 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002020
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002021 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002022 CXXBasePaths Paths;
2023 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002024
2025 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002026 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
2027 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002028 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00002029 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002030 case LookupOrdinaryName:
2031 case LookupMemberName:
2032 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00002033 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002034 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
2035 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002036
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002037 case LookupTagName:
2038 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
2039 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002040
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002041 case LookupAnyName:
2042 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
2043 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002044
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +00002045 case LookupOMPReductionName:
2046 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOMPReductionMember;
2047 break;
2048
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002049 case LookupUsingDeclName:
2050 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002051
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002052 case LookupOperatorName:
2053 case LookupNamespaceName:
2054 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00002055 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002056 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002057 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002058
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002059 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
2060 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
2061 break;
2062 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002063
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002064 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2065 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
2066 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
2067 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
2068 },
2069 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002070 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002071
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002072 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
2073
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002074 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
2075 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
2076 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
2077 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
2078 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
2079 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002080 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00002081 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00002082 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002083
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002084 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002085 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002086 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002087
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00002088 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
2089 // across all paths.
2090 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002091
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002092 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
2093 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002094 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002095 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
2096 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002097 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002098 }
2099
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002100 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002101 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
2102 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002103 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00002104 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002105 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002106 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002107 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
2108 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002109
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002110 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2111 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002112 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
2113 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
2114 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002115
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002116 ++FirstD;
2117 ++CurrentD;
2118 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002119
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002120 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2121 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002122 continue;
2123 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002124
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002125 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
2126 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002127 }
2128
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002129 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002130 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
2131
2132 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
2133 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
2134 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002135 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002136 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002137 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002138
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002139 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
2140 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002141 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
2142 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002143 }
2144 }
2145
2146 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2147
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002148 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002149 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2150 D->getAccess());
2151 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2152 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002153 R.resolveKind();
2154 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002155}
2156
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002157/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2158/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2159///
2160/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2161/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2162/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2163///
2164/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2165///
2166/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2167/// search.
2168///
2169/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2170///
2171/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2172bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2173 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2174 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2175 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2176 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2177 else
2178
2179 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2180}
2181
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002182/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2183/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2184///
2185/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2186/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2187/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2188/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002189/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2190/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002191///
2192/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2193/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002194///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002195/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002196///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002197/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2198/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2199///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002200/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002201bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002202 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002203 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2204 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002205 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002206 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002207 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002208
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002209 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002210 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2211 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2212 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2213
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002214 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002215 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002216 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002217 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002218 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002219
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002220 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002221 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002222 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002223
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002224 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002225 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002226 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002227 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2228 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002229 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002230 }
2231
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002232 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002233 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002234}
2235
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002236/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2237/// class.
2238///
2239/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2240///
2241/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2242/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002243///
2244/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2245bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002246 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2247 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2248 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2249 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002250 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2251 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2252 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2253 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2254 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2255 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002256
2257 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2258 // the path access.
2259 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2260 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2261 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2262 I.getAccess()));
2263 }
2264
2265 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002266 }
2267
2268 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002269 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002270
2271 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002272}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002273
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002274/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002275/// from name lookup.
2276///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002277/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002278void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002279 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2280
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002281 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2282 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2283 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2284
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002285 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2286 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2287 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2288 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2289 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2290 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2291 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002292
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002293 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002294 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2295 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2296 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002297
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002298 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002299 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002300 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002301
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002302 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002303 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2304 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002305
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002306 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002307 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002308 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2309 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002310 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002311 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002312 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2313 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2314 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002315 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002316 }
2317
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002318 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2319 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002320
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00002321 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 8> TagDecls;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002322
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002323 for (auto *D : Result)
2324 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002325 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2326 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2327 }
2328
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002329 for (auto *D : Result)
2330 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2331 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002332
2333 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002334 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2335 while (F.hasNext()) {
2336 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2337 F.erase();
2338 }
2339 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002340 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002341 }
2342
2343 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2344 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002345
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002346 for (auto *D : Result)
2347 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002348 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002349 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002350 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002351}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002352
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002353namespace {
2354 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002355 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002356 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2357 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002358 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2359 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002360 }
2361
2362 Sema &S;
2363 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2364 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002365 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002366 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00002367} // end anonymous namespace
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002368
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002369static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002370addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002371
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002372static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2373 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2374 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2375
2376 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2377 // be a locally scoped record.
2378
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002379 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2380 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2381 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2382 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2383 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002384 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2385
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002386 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002387 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002388}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002389
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002390// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002391// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002392static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002393addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2394 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002395 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002396 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002397 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2398 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2399 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002400
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002401 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2402 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2403 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2404 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002405 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002406 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002407
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002408 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002409 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002410 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2411 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002412 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002413 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002414 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002415 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002416 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2417 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002418 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002419 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002420 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002421 }
2422 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002423 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002424
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002425 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002426 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2427 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002428 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002429 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002430 // associated namespaces. ]
2431 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002432
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002433 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002434 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2435 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002436 break;
2437 }
2438}
2439
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002440// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002441// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2442// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2443static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002444addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2445 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2446
2447 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2448 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2449 return;
2450
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002451 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2452 // [...]
2453 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2454 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2455 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2456 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002457 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002458
2459 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2460 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2461 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002462 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002463 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002464 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002465
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002466 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2467 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002468 //
2469 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2470 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2471 // added its base classes yet.
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002472 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002473 return;
2474
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002475 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2476 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002477 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002478 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002479 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002480 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2481 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2482 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002483 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002484 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002485 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2486 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2487 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002488 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002489 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002490 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002492 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2493 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002494 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002495 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002496
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002497 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smithdb0ac552015-12-18 22:40:25 +00002498 if (!Result.S.isCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc,
2499 Result.S.Context.getRecordType(Class)))
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002500 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002501
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002502 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2503 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002504 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002505 Bases.push_back(Class);
2506 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2507 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002508 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002509
2510 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002511 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2512 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002513 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2514 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2515 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2516 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2517 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2518 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2519 if (!BaseType)
2520 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002521 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002522 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002523 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2524 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002525 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002526
2527 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2528 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2529 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2530 }
2531 }
2532 }
2533}
2534
2535// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2536// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002537// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2538static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002539addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002540 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2541 //
2542 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2543 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2544 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2545 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2546 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2547 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2548 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2549 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002550
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002551 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002552 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2553
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002554 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002555 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2556
2557#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2558#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2559#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2560#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2561#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2562#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2563 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2564 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2565 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2566 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2567 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002568 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002569
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002570 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2571 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2572 case Type::Pointer:
2573 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2574 continue;
2575 case Type::ConstantArray:
2576 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2577 case Type::VariableArray:
2578 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2579 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002580
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002581 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2582 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2583 case Type::Builtin:
2584 break;
2585
2586 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2587 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2588 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2589 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2590 // which its associated classes are defined.
2591 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00002592 CXXRecordDecl *Class =
2593 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002594 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002595 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002596 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002597
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002598 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2599 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002600 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002601 // it has no associated class.
2602 case Type::Enum: {
2603 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002604
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002605 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2606 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002607 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002608
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002609 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002610 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002611
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002612 break;
2613 }
2614
2615 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2616 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2617 // types and those associated with the return type.
2618 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2619 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002620 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2621 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002622 // fallthrough
Galina Kistanova33399112017-06-03 06:35:06 +00002623 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002624 }
2625 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2626 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002627 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002628 continue;
2629 }
2630
2631 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2632 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2633 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2634 // together with those associated with X.
2635 //
2636 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2637 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2638 // with the member type together with those associated with
2639 // X.
2640 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2641 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2642
2643 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2644 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2645
2646 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2647 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2648 continue;
2649 }
2650
2651 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2652 case Type::BlockPointer:
2653 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2654 continue;
2655
2656 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2657 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2658 case Type::LValueReference:
2659 case Type::RValueReference:
2660 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2661 continue;
2662
2663 // These are fundamental types.
2664 case Type::Vector:
2665 case Type::ExtVector:
2666 case Type::Complex:
2667 break;
2668
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002669 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2670 case Type::Auto:
Richard Smith600b5262017-01-26 20:40:47 +00002671 case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002672 break;
2673
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002674 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2675 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2676 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002677 case Type::ObjCObject:
2678 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2679 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002680 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002681 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002682
2683 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2684 // contained type.
2685 case Type::Atomic:
2686 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2687 continue;
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00002688 case Type::Pipe:
2689 T = cast<PipeType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2690 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002691 }
2692
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002693 if (Queue.empty())
2694 break;
2695 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002696 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002697}
2698
2699/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2700/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2701/// arguments.
2702///
2703/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002704/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002705/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002706void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2707 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2708 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2709 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002710 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2711 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2712
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002713 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2714 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002715
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002716 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2717 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2718 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2719 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2720 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2721 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002722 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002723 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002724 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2725
2726 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002727 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002728 continue;
2729 }
2730
2731 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2732 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2733 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2734 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2735 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2736 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2737 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002738 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002739 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002740 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002741 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002742
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002743 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2744 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002745
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002746 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002747 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002748 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002749
2750 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2751 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002752 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002753 }
2754 }
2755}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002756
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002757NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002758 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002759 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2760 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002761 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002762 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002763 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002764}
2765
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002766/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002767ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002768 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2769 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002770 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002771 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002772 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2773}
2774
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002775void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002776 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002777 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002778 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2779 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2780 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2781 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2782 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002783 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002784 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002785 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2786 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002787
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002788 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002789 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002790}
2791
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002792Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2793 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2794 bool ConstArg,
2795 bool VolatileArg,
2796 bool RValueThis,
2797 bool ConstThis,
2798 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002799 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002800 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002801 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002802 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2803 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2804 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2805 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2806 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2807 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2808
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002809 // FIXME: Get the caller to pass in a location for the lookup.
2810 SourceLocation LookupLoc = RD->getLocation();
2811
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002812 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002813 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002814 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2815 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2816 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2817 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2818 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2819 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2820
2821 void *InsertPoint;
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002822 SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry *Result =
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002823 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2824
2825 // This was already cached
2826 if (Result)
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002827 return *Result;
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002828
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002829 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry>();
2830 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002831 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2832
2833 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002834 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002835 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2836 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002837 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2838 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002839 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2840 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002841 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002842 return *Result;
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002843 }
2844
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002845 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2846 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002847 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002848 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002849 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002850 unsigned NumArgs;
2851
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002852 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2853 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2854
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002855 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2856 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2857 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002858 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2859 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002860 } else {
2861 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2862 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002863 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002864 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002865 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002866 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002867 } else {
2868 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002869 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002870 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002872 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002873 }
2874
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002875 if (ConstArg)
2876 ArgType.addConst();
2877 if (VolatileArg)
2878 ArgType.addVolatile();
2879
2880 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2881 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2882 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2883 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2884 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2885 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2886 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002887 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002888 VK = VK_LValue;
2889 else
2890 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002891 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002892
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002893 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(LookupLoc, ArgType, VK);
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002894
2895 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002896 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002897 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002898 }
2899
2900 // Create the object argument
2901 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2902 if (ConstThis)
2903 ThisTy.addConst();
2904 if (VolatileThis)
2905 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002906 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002907 OpaqueValueExpr(LookupLoc, ThisTy,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002908 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002909
2910 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2911 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2912 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002913 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(LookupLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002914 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002915
2916 if (R.empty()) {
2917 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2918 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2919 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2920 // destructor.
2921 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2922 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2923 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2924 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002925 return *Result;
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002926 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002927
2928 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2929 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2930 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2931
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002932 for (NamedDecl *CandDecl : Candidates) {
2933 if (CandDecl->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002934 continue;
2935
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002936 DeclAccessPair Cand = DeclAccessPair::make(CandDecl, AS_public);
2937 auto CtorInfo = getConstructorInfo(Cand);
2938 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002939 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002940 AddMethodCandidate(M, Cand, RD, ThisTy, Classification,
2941 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
2942 else if (CtorInfo)
2943 AddOverloadCandidate(CtorInfo.Constructor, CtorInfo.FoundDecl,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002944 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002945 else
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002946 AddOverloadCandidate(M, Cand, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS,
2947 true);
2948 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
2949 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2950 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2951 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(
2952 Tmpl, Cand, RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
George Burgess IVce6284b2017-01-28 02:19:40 +00002953 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002954 else if (CtorInfo)
2955 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
2956 CtorInfo.ConstructorTmpl, CtorInfo.FoundDecl, nullptr,
2957 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
2958 else
2959 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
2960 Tmpl, Cand, nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002961 } else {
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002962 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand.getDecl()) &&
2963 "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002964 }
2965 }
2966
2967 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002968 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, LookupLoc, Best)) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002969 case OR_Success:
2970 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002971 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002972 break;
2973
2974 case OR_Deleted:
2975 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002976 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002977 break;
2978
2979 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002980 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002981 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2982 break;
2983
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002984 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002985 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002986 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002987 break;
2988 }
2989
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002990 return *Result;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002991}
2992
2993/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2994CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002995 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002996 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2997 false, false);
2998
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002999 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result.getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003000}
3001
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003002/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
3003CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003004 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003005 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3006 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003007 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003008 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3009 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
3010
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003011 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result.getMethod());
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003012}
3013
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003014/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003015CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3016 unsigned Quals) {
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003017 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003018 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3019 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003020
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003021 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result.getMethod());
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003022}
3023
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003024/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
3025DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003026 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00003027 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00003028 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003029 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00003030 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003031 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003032 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003033 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003034 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003035
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003036 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
3037 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
3038 return Class->lookup(Name);
3039}
3040
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003041/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
3042CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3043 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003044 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003045 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3046 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
3047 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3048 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003049 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003050 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3051 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
3052 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3053 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3054
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003055 return Result.getMethod();
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003056}
3057
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003058/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
3059CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003060 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003061 bool RValueThis,
3062 unsigned ThisQuals) {
3063 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3064 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003065 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003066 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3067 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003068 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3069 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3070
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003071 return Result.getMethod();
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003072}
3073
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003074/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
3075///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00003076/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
3077/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003078///
3079/// \returns The destructor for this class.
3080CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003081 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
3082 false, false, false,
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003083 false, false).getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003084}
3085
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003086/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
3087/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
3088///
3089/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
3090/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
3091/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
3092Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
3093Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3094 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003095 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
Tim Northover9d891182017-05-24 22:18:35 +00003096 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003097 LookupName(R, S);
3098 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
3099 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
3100
3101 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
3102 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
3103
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003104 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003105 bool FoundTemplate = false;
3106 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003107 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
3108
3109 while (F.hasNext()) {
3110 Decl *D = F.next();
3111 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3112 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
3113
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00003114 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
3115 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
3116 F.erase();
3117 continue;
3118 }
3119
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003120 bool IsRaw = false;
3121 bool IsTemplate = false;
3122 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
3123 bool IsExactMatch = false;
3124
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003125 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3126 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
3127 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
3128 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00003129 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003130 IsExactMatch = true;
3131 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3132 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
3133 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
3134 IsExactMatch = false;
3135 break;
3136 }
3137 }
3138 }
3139 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003140 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3141 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
3142 if (Params->size() == 1)
3143 IsTemplate = true;
3144 else
3145 IsStringTemplate = true;
3146 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003147
3148 if (IsExactMatch) {
3149 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003150 AllowRaw = false;
3151 AllowTemplate = false;
3152 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3153 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003154 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3155 // already found.
3156 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003157 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003158 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003159 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3160 FoundRaw = true;
3161 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3162 FoundTemplate = true;
3163 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3164 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003165 } else {
3166 F.erase();
3167 }
3168 }
3169
3170 F.done();
3171
3172 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3173 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3174 // or literal operator template.
3175 if (FoundExactMatch)
3176 return LOLR_Cooked;
3177
3178 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3179 // operator template, but not both.
3180 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3181 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003182 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
Richard Smithc2bebe92016-05-11 20:37:46 +00003183 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003184 return LOLR_Error;
3185 }
3186
3187 if (FoundRaw)
3188 return LOLR_Raw;
3189
3190 if (FoundTemplate)
3191 return LOLR_Template;
3192
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003193 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3194 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3195
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003196 // Didn't find anything we could use.
Tim Northover9d891182017-05-24 22:18:35 +00003197 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3198 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
3199 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3200 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
3201 return LOLR_Error;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003202}
3203
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003204void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3205 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3206
3207 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3208 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003209 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003210 Old = New;
3211 return;
3212 }
3213
3214 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003215 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3216 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003217
3218 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3219 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003220 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003221
3222 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3223 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3224 if (!Cursor) return;
3225
3226 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3227 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3228
3229 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3230 }
3231
3232 Old = New;
3233}
3234
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003235void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3236 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003237 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3238 // arguments we have.
3239 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3240 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003241 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003242 AssociatedNamespaces,
3243 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003244
3245 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003246 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3247 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3248 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3249 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3250 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3251 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3252 // is the union of X and Y.
3253 //
3254 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3255 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003256 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003257 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3258 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3259 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3260 //
3261 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3262 // ignored.
3263 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003264 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003265 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3266 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3267 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003268 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3269 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003270 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3271 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003272 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3273 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3274 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3275 continue;
3276
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003277 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3278 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3279 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3280 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00003281 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC)) &&
3282 isVisible(cast<NamedDecl>(DI))) {
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003283 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3284 break;
3285 }
3286 }
3287 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003288 continue;
3289 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003290
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003291 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3292 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003293
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003294 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003295 continue;
3296
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003297 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3298 continue;
3299
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003300 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003301 }
3302 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003303}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003304
3305//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3306// Search for all visible declarations.
3307//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00003308VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003309
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003310bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3311
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003312namespace {
3313
3314class ShadowContextRAII;
3315
3316class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3317public:
3318 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3319 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3320 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003321 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003322
3323private:
3324 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3325 /// this name within a particular scope.
3326 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3327
3328 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3329 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3330
3331 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3332 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3333
3334 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3335
3336public:
3337 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3338 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3339 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003340 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003341 }
3342
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003343 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3344 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3345 }
3346
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003347 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3348 /// current scope.
3349 ///
3350 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3351 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3352 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3353
3354 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003355 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3356 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3357 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003358};
3359
3360/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3361class ShadowContextRAII {
3362 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3363
3364 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3365
3366public:
3367 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003368 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003369 }
3370
3371 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003372 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3373 }
3374};
3375
3376} // end anonymous namespace
3377
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003378NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
3379 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3380 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3381 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3382 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3383 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3384 if (Pos == SM->end())
3385 continue;
3386
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003387 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003388 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003389 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003390 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003391 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3392 continue;
3393
3394 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003395 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003396 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003397 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003398 continue;
3399
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003400 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3401 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3402 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003403 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003404 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003405 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003406 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003407
Alex Lorenze7e8f802017-01-23 17:23:23 +00003408 // A shadow declaration that's created by a resolved using declaration
3409 // is not hidden by the same using declaration.
3410 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(ND) && isa<UsingDecl>(D) &&
3411 cast<UsingShadowDecl>(ND)->getUsingDecl() == D)
3412 continue;
3413
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003414 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003415 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003416 }
3417 }
3418
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003419 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003420}
3421
3422static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3423 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003424 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003425 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
Alex Lorenze6afa392017-05-11 13:48:57 +00003426 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited,
3427 bool IncludeDependentBases = false) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003428 if (!Ctx)
3429 return;
3430
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003431 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3432 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3433 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003434
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003435 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3436 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3437 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3438 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3439 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3440
3441 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3442 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3443 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3444 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3445 Idents.get(Name);
3446 }
3447
3448 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3449 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3450 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3451 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3452 I != E; ++I) {
3453 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3454 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3455 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3456 Visited.add(ND);
3457 }
3458 }
3459 }
3460 }
3461
3462 return;
3463 }
3464
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003465 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3466 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3467
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003468 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003469 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003470 for (auto *D : R) {
3471 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3472 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3473 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003474 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003475 }
3476 }
3477
3478 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3479 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3480 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003481 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003482 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Alex Lorenze6afa392017-05-11 13:48:57 +00003483 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited,
3484 IncludeDependentBases);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003485 }
3486 }
3487
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003488 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003489 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003490 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3491 return;
3492
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003493 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3494 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003495
Alex Lorenze6afa392017-05-11 13:48:57 +00003496 RecordDecl *RD;
3497 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
3498 if (!IncludeDependentBases) {
3499 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3500 // there anyway.
3501 continue;
3502 }
3503 const auto *TST = BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
3504 if (!TST)
3505 continue;
3506 TemplateName TN = TST->getTemplateName();
3507 const auto *TD =
3508 dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(TN.getAsTemplateDecl());
3509 if (!TD)
3510 continue;
3511 RD = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
3512 } else {
3513 const auto *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3514 if (!Record)
3515 continue;
3516 RD = Record->getDecl();
3517 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003518
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003519 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3520 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3521 //
3522 // struct A { int member; };
3523 // struct B { int member; };
3524 // struct C : A, B { };
3525 //
3526 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3527 //
3528 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3529 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3530 // class, e.g.,
3531 //
3532 // c->B::member
3533 //
3534 // or
3535 //
3536 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003537
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003538 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3539 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Alex Lorenze6afa392017-05-11 13:48:57 +00003540 LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer,
3541 Visited, IncludeDependentBases);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003542 }
3543 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003544
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003545 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3546 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3547 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003548 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003549 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003550 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003551 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003552 }
3553
3554 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003555 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003556 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003557 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003558 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003559 }
3560
3561 // Traverse the superclass.
3562 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3563 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3564 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003565 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003566 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003567
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003568 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3569 // synthesized ivars.
3570 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3571 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003572 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003573 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003574 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003575 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003576 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003577 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003578 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003579 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003580 }
3581 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003582 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003583 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003584 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003585 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003586 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003587
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003588 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3589 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3590 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003591 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003592 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003593 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003594 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003595}
3596
3597static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3598 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3599 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3600 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3601 if (!S)
3602 return;
3603
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003604 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3605 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003606 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3607 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003608 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003609 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003610 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3611 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003612 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003613 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003614 Visited.add(ND);
3615 }
3616 }
3617 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003618
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003619 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003620 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003621 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003622 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3623 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3624 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003625 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003626 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003627
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003628 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003629 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003630 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3631 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3632 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3633 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3634 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003635 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003636 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003637 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003638 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003639 }
3640
3641 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3642 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3643 // outer scope.
3644 break;
3645 }
3646
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003647 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3648 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003649
3650 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003651 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003652 }
3653 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3654 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3655 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3656 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3657 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3658 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3659 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003660 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003661 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003662 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003663 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003664 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003665 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003666 }
3667
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003668 if (Entity) {
3669 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3670 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003671 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3672 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003673 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003674 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003675 }
3676
3677 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3678 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3679 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3680}
3681
3682void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003683 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3684 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003685 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3686 // unqualified name lookup.
3687 Scope *Initial = S;
3688 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003689 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003690 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3691 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3692 S = S->getParent();
3693
3694 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3695 }
3696 UDirs.done();
3697
3698 // Look for visible declarations.
3699 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003700 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003701 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003702 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3703 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003704 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3705 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3706}
3707
3708void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003709 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
Alex Lorenze6afa392017-05-11 13:48:57 +00003710 bool IncludeGlobalScope,
3711 bool IncludeDependentBases) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003712 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003713 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003714 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003715 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3716 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003717 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003718 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Alex Lorenze6afa392017-05-11 13:48:57 +00003719 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited,
3720 IncludeDependentBases);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003721}
3722
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003723/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003724/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3725/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3726/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003727LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003728 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003729 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003730 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003731
3732 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3733 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3734 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3735 Scope *S = CurScope;
3736 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3737 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3738 }
3739
3740 // Not a GNU local label.
3741 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3742 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3743 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003744 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003745 Res = nullptr;
3746 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003747 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003748 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3749 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003750 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3751 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003752 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003753 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3754}
3755
3756//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003757// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003758//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003759
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003760static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3761 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3762 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3763 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3764}
3765
3766static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3767 LookupResult &Res,
3768 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3769 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3770 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3771 bool EnteringContext,
3772 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3773 bool FindHidden);
3774
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003775/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
Richard Smith3092d722017-06-05 22:29:36 +00003776/// visible. Set the correction's RequiresImport flag to true if none of the
3777/// declarations are visible, false otherwise.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003778static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003779 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3780
3781 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3782 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3783 break;
Richard Smith3092d722017-06-05 22:29:36 +00003784 // No filtering needed if all decls are visible.
3785 if (DI == DE) {
3786 TC.setRequiresImport(false);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003787 return;
Richard Smith3092d722017-06-05 22:29:36 +00003788 }
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003789
3790 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3791 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3792
3793 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3794 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3795 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3796 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3797
3798 if (VisibleDecl) {
3799 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3800 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3801 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3802 NewDecls.clear();
3803 }
3804 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3805 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3806 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3807 }
3808
3809 if (NewDecls.empty())
3810 TC = TypoCorrection();
3811 else {
3812 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3813 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3814 }
3815}
3816
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003817// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3818// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3819// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3820static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3821 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3822 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3823 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3824 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3825 else
3826 Identifiers.clear();
3827
3828 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3829
3830 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3831 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3832 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3833 break;
3834
3835 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3836 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3837 return;
3838 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3839 break;
3840
3841 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3842 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3843 break;
3844
3845 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3846 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3847 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3848 break;
3849
3850 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003851 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003852 return;
3853 }
3854
3855 if (II)
3856 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3857}
3858
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003859void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003860 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003861 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3862 if (Hiding)
3863 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003864
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003865 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3866 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3867 // etc.).
3868 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3869 if (!Name)
3870 return;
3871
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003872 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3873 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003874 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003875 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3876 return;
3877
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003878 FoundName(Name->getName());
3879}
3880
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003881void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003882 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3883 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003884 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003885}
3886
3887void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3888 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3889 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003890 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003891}
3892
3893void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3894 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003895 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3896 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003897 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3898 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3899 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003900 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003901
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003902 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3903 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003904 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3905 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003906 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003907
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003908 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003909 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003910 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003911 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003912}
3913
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003914static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3915
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003916void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003917 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003918 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003919
3920 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3921 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3922 // longer than the typo itself.
3923 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3924 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3925 return;
3926
3927 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003928 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3929 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3930 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3931 return;
3932 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003933
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003934 TypoResultList &CList =
3935 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003936
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003937 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3938 CList.pop_back();
3939 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3940 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3941 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3942 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3943 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3944 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3945 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3946 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3947 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3948 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3949 *RI = Correction;
3950 return;
3951 }
3952 }
3953 }
3954 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3955 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003956
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003957 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003958 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3959}
3960
3961void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3962 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3963 SearchNamespaces = true;
3964
3965 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3966 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3967
3968 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3969 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3970 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3971 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3972 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3973 }
Richard Smith2a40fb72015-11-18 01:19:02 +00003974 // Do not transform this into an iterator-based loop. The loop body can
3975 // trigger the creation of further types (through lazy deserialization) and
3976 // invalide iterators into this list.
3977 auto &Types = SemaRef.getASTContext().getTypes();
3978 for (unsigned I = 0; I != Types.size(); ++I) {
3979 const auto *TI = Types[I];
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003980 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3981 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3982 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3983 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3984 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3985 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3986 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3987 }
3988 }
3989}
3990
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003991const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3992 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
3993 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3994
3995 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003996 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3997 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3998 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3999 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
4000 continue;
4001 }
4002
4003 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
4004 if (RI->second.empty()) {
4005 DI->second.erase(RI);
4006 performQualifiedLookups();
4007 continue;
4008 }
4009
4010 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004011 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004012 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
4013 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
4014 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004015 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004016 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004017}
4018
4019bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
4020 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
4021 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004022 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004023retry_lookup:
4024 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
4025 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004026 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004027 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
4028 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4029 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4030 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4031 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4032 if (TempSS) {
4033 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
4034 TempSS = nullptr;
4035 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
4036 goto retry_lookup;
4037 }
4038 if (TempMemberContext) {
4039 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004040 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004041 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
4042 goto retry_lookup;
4043 }
4044 if (SearchNamespaces)
4045 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4046 break;
4047
4048 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4049 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
4050 break;
4051
4052 case LookupResult::Found:
4053 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
4054 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
4055 for (auto *TRD : Result)
4056 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004057 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004058 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004059 if (SearchNamespaces)
4060 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4061 break;
4062 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00004063 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004064 return true;
4065 }
4066 return false;
4067}
4068
4069void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
4070 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Benjamin Kramer2e018ef2016-05-27 13:36:58 +00004071 for (const TypoCorrection &QR : QualifiedResults) {
4072 for (const auto &NSI : Namespaces) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004073 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
4074 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
4075
4076 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4077 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4078 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4079 // is an appropriate correction.
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00004080 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() :
4081 nullptr) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004082 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
4083 continue;
4084 }
4085
4086 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
4087 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4088 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
4089 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
4090 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4091
4092 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4093 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4094 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4095 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4096 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
4097 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4098 continue;
4099
4100 Result.clear();
4101 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
4102 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
4103 continue;
4104
4105 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4106 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
4107 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4108 case LookupResult::Found:
4109 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
4110 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4111 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4112 std::string OldQualified;
4113 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4114 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
4115 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
4116 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4117 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4118 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4119 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4120 break;
4121 }
4122 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
4123 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4124 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4125 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
4126 : nullptr,
4127 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
4128 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4129 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004130 if (TC.isResolved()) {
4131 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004132 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004133 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004134 break;
4135 }
4136 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4137 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4138 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4139 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4140 break;
4141 }
4142 }
4143 }
4144 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004145}
4146
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004147TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
4148 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00004149 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004150 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4151 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
4152 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
4153 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4154
4155 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4156 }
4157 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
4158 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
4159 // context.
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004160 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(CurContextChain)) {
4161 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(C))
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004162 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
4163 }
4164
4165 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004166 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
4167 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
4168 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004169}
4170
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00004171auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
4172 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004173 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004174 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004175 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004176 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4177 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4178 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4179 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4180 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4181 }
4182 return Chain;
4183}
4184
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004185unsigned
4186TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4187 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004188 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004189 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(DeclChain)) {
4190 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(C)) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004191 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4192 ++NumSpecifiers;
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004193 } else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(C)) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004194 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4195 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4196 ++NumSpecifiers;
4197 }
4198 }
4199 return NumSpecifiers;
4200}
4201
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004202void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4203 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004204 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004205 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004206 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004207 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4208
4209 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004210 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(CurContextChain)) {
4211 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty() || NamespaceDeclChain.back() != C)
4212 break;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004213 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4214 }
4215
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004216 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004217 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004218
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004219 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4220 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004221 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004222 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004223 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004224 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004225 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4226 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004227 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004228 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4229 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004230 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4231 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004232 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4233 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4234 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4235 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4236 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4237 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4238 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004239 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004240 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4241 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4242 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4243 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4244 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4245 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004246 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004247 }
4248 }
4249
4250 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4251 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4252 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4253 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4254 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4255 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4256 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4257 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004258 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4259 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004260 }
4261
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004262 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4263 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004264}
4265
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004266/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4267static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4268 LookupResult &Res,
4269 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4270 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4271 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4272 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004273 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4274 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004275 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4276 Res.clear();
4277 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004278 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004279 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004280 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004281 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004282 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4283 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4284 Res.resolveKind();
4285 return;
4286 }
4287 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004288
Manman Ren5b786402016-01-28 18:49:28 +00004289 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
4290 Name, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004291 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4292 Res.resolveKind();
4293 return;
4294 }
4295 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004296
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004297 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4298 return;
4299 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004300
4301 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004302 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004303
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004304 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4305 // LookupParsedName.
4306 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4307 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004308 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004309 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4310 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004311 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004312 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4313 Res.addDecl(IV);
4314 Res.resolveKind();
4315 }
4316 }
4317 }
4318}
4319
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004320/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4321static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4322 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004323 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4324 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4325 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4326 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4327 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4328 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4329 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4330 return;
4331 }
4332
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004333 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4334 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004335
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004336 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004337 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004338 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004339 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004340 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004341 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4342 // storage-specifiers as well
4343 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4344 };
4345
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004346 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004347 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4348 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4349
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004350 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004351 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004352 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004353 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004354 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004355 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4356
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004357 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004358 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4359 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4360 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4361
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004362 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004363 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4364 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4365 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4366 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4367 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4368 }
4369 }
4370
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004371 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004372 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004373 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4374 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4375 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4376 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4377 };
4378 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4379 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004380 }
4381
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004382 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004383 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4384 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4385 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4386 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4387 }
4388
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004389 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004390 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004391 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004392 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4393 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4394 }
4395
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004396 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004397 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004398 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4399 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004400 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004401 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4402 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4403
4404 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4405 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4406 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4407
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004408 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004409 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4410 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4411 }
4412 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004413
4414 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4415 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4416 // is present.
4417 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4418 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004419 }
4420
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004421 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004422 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4423 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004424 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004425 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004426 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004427 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4428 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4429
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004430 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004431 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4432 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4433 }
4434
4435 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4436 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4437
4438 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4439 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4440
4441 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4442 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4443 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4444 }
4445 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004446 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004447 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4448 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4449 }
4450
4451 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4452 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4453 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4454 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4455 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4456 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4457 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4458 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4459 }
4460 }
4461
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004462 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004463 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4464
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004465 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004466 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4467 }
4468 }
4469}
4470
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004471std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4472 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4473 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4474 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4475 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004476 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004477
4478 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4479 DisableTypoCorrection)
4480 return nullptr;
4481
4482 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4483 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4484 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4485 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4486 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4487 return nullptr;
4488
4489 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4490 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4491 if (!Typo)
4492 return nullptr;
4493
4494 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4495 // typos.
4496 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4497 return nullptr;
4498
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00004499 // Never try to correct typos during any kind of code synthesis.
4500 if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty())
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004501 return nullptr;
4502
4503 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4504 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4505 return nullptr;
4506
4507 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4508 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4509 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4510 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4511 return nullptr;
4512
4513 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4514 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4515 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004516 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004517 return nullptr;
4518
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004519 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4520 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4521 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4522 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4523 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4524 return nullptr;
4525 ++TyposCorrected;
4526
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004527 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4528 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4529 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4530 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4531 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4532 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4533 TypoName.getLocStart());
4534 }
4535
4536 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4537 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4538 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4539 EnteringContext);
4540
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004541 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004542 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004543 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4544 if (MemberContext) {
4545 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4546
4547 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4548 if (OPT) {
4549 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4550 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4551 }
4552 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4553 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4554 if (!QualifiedDC)
4555 return nullptr;
4556
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004557 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4558 } else {
4559 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004560 }
4561
4562 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4563 // corrections.
4564 bool SearchNamespaces
4565 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4566 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4567
4568 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4569 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4570 // seen in this translation unit.
4571 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4572 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4573 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4574
4575 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4576 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4577 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4578 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4579 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4580 do {
4581 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4582 if (Name.empty())
4583 break;
4584
4585 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4586 } while (true);
4587 }
4588 }
4589
4590 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4591
4592 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4593 // to search those namespaces.
4594 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4595 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4596 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4597 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4598 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4599 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4600 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4601 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4602 }
4603
4604 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4605 }
4606
4607 return Consumer;
4608}
4609
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004610/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4611/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4612/// present in the source code.
4613///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004614/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4615/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4616///
4617/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004618///
4619/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4620///
4621/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4622/// looking for, if present.
4623///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004624/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4625/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4626/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4627///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004628/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4629/// a member access expression.
4630///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004631/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004632/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4633///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004634/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4635/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4636///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004637/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4638/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4639/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4640/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4641TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4642 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4643 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004644 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004645 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004646 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4647 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004648 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4649 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004650 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4651
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004652 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4653 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4654 if (ExternalSource) {
4655 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004656 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004657 return Correction;
4658 }
4659
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004660 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4661 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4662 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4663 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4664 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004665
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004666 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004667 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4668 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004669 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004670
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004671 if (!Consumer)
4672 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004673
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004674 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004675 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004676 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004677
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004678 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4679 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004680 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4681 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004682 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004683 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004684
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004685 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4686 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004687 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004688 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004689
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004690 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004691
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004692 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004693 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4694 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4695 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004696 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004697 }
4698
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004699 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004700 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4701 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4702 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004703
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004704 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4705 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004706 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4707 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004708
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004709 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4710 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004711 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004712 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004713 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004714 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4715 // context.
4716
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004717 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4718 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4719 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004720 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4721 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004722 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004723 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4724 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004725 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4726 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004727 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004728
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004729 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4730 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004731 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004732
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004733 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4734 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4735 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004736 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004737}
4738
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004739/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4740/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4741/// present in the source code.
4742///
4743/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4744/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4745///
4746/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4747///
4748/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4749///
4750/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4751/// looking for, if present.
4752///
4753/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4754/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4755/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4756///
4757/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4758/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4759///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004760/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4761/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4762///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004763/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4764/// a member access expression.
4765///
4766/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4767/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4768///
4769/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4770/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4771///
4772/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4773/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4774/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4775/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4776/// needed.
4777TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4778 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4779 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4780 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004781 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004782 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4783 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4784 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4785
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004786 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4787 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004788 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004789
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004790 // Give the external sema source a chance to correct the typo.
4791 TypoCorrection ExternalTypo;
4792 if (ExternalSource && Consumer) {
4793 ExternalTypo = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Benjamin Kramer97d7a662016-05-19 21:53:33 +00004794 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *Consumer->getCorrectionValidator(),
4795 MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT);
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004796 if (ExternalTypo)
4797 Consumer->addCorrection(ExternalTypo);
4798 }
4799
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004800 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4801 return nullptr;
4802
4803 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4804 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4805 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4806 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004807 if (!ExternalTypo && ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004808 return nullptr;
4809
4810 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004811 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004812}
4813
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004814void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4815 if (!CDecl) return;
4816
4817 if (isKeyword())
4818 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4819
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004820 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004821
4822 if (!CorrectionName)
4823 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4824}
4825
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004826std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4827 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4828 std::string tmpBuffer;
4829 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4830 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004831 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004832 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004833 }
4834
4835 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004836}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004837
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004838bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4839 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004840 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4841 return true;
4842
4843 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4844 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4845 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4846
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004847 bool HasNonType = false;
4848 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4849 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4850 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4851 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4852 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4853 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4854 if (Method->isStatic())
4855 HasStaticMethod = true;
4856 else
4857 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4858 }
4859 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4860 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004861 }
4862
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004863 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4864 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4865 return false;
4866
4867 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004868}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004869
4870FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004871 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004872 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004873 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004874 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004875 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4876 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004877 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4878}
4879
4880bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4881 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4882 return candidate.isKeyword();
4883
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004884 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004885 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004886 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004887 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4888 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4889 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4890 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4891 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4892 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4893 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4894 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4895 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4896 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4897 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004898 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004899 return true;
4900 }
4901 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004902
4903 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4904 // the current number of arguments.
4905 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4906 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4907 continue;
4908
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004909 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4910 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4911 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4912 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004913 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004914 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4915 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4916 MemberFn
4917 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4918 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004919 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004920 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004921 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4922 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4923 continue;
4924 }
4925 }
4926 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004927 }
4928 return false;
4929}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004930
4931void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4932 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4933 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4934 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4935 ErrorRecovery);
4936}
4937
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004938/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4939/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004940static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4941 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004942 return VD->getDefinition();
Yaron Keren18c3d062016-07-13 19:04:51 +00004943 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
4944 return FD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004945 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004946 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004947 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004948 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004949 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004950 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004951 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004952 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004953 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004954}
4955
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004956void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00004957 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004958 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4959 // possible.
4960 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4961 if (!Def)
4962 Def = Decl;
4963
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004964 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4965 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4966
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004967 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4968 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004969 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004970 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4971
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00004972 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules, MIK,
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004973 Recover);
4974}
4975
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00004976/// \brief Get a "quoted.h" or <angled.h> include path to use in a diagnostic
4977/// suggesting the addition of a #include of the specified file.
4978static std::string getIncludeStringForHeader(Preprocessor &PP,
4979 const FileEntry *E) {
4980 bool IsSystem;
4981 auto Path =
4982 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().suggestPathToFileForDiagnostics(E, &IsSystem);
4983 return (IsSystem ? '<' : '"') + Path + (IsSystem ? '>' : '"');
4984}
4985
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004986void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4987 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4988 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
4989 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
4990 assert(!Modules.empty());
4991
Richard Smith54f04402017-05-18 02:29:20 +00004992 // Weed out duplicates from module list.
4993 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> UniqueModules;
4994 llvm::SmallDenseSet<Module*, 8> UniqueModuleSet;
4995 for (auto *M : Modules)
4996 if (UniqueModuleSet.insert(M).second)
4997 UniqueModules.push_back(M);
4998 Modules = UniqueModules;
4999
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005000 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005001 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005002 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005003 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005004 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005005 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005006 ModuleList += "[...]";
5007 break;
5008 }
5009 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
5010 }
5011
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005012 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
5013 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smithcbf7d8a2017-05-19 23:49:00 +00005014 } else if (const FileEntry *E = PP.getModuleHeaderToIncludeForDiagnostics(
5015 UseLoc, Modules[0], DeclLoc)) {
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00005016 // The right way to make the declaration visible is to include a header;
5017 // suggest doing so.
5018 //
5019 // FIXME: Find a smart place to suggest inserting a #include, and add
5020 // a FixItHint there.
5021 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_header)
5022 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName()
5023 << getIncludeStringForHeader(PP, E);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005024 } else {
Richard Smithacef17a2016-05-05 02:14:06 +00005025 // FIXME: Add a FixItHint that imports the corresponding module.
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005026 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
5027 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005028 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005029
5030 unsigned DiagID;
5031 switch (MIK) {
5032 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
5033 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
5034 break;
5035 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
5036 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
5037 break;
5038 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
5039 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
5040 break;
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00005041 case MissingImportKind::ExplicitSpecialization:
5042 DiagID = diag::note_explicit_specialization_declared_here;
5043 break;
5044 case MissingImportKind::PartialSpecialization:
5045 DiagID = diag::note_partial_specialization_declared_here;
5046 break;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005047 }
5048 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005049
5050 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
5051 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005052 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005053}
5054
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005055/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
5056/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
5057///
5058/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
5059/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
5060/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
5061/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
5062/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
5063/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
5064/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
5065/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
5066/// to it.
5067void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
5068 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
5069 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
5070 bool ErrorRecovery) {
5071 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
5072 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
5073 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5074 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
5075
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005076 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
5077 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005078 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005079 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
5080
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005081 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00005082 MissingImportKind::Declaration, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005083 return;
5084 }
5085
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005086 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
5087 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
5088
5089 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005090 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005091 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
5092 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
5093 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
Benjamin Kramer7de99692016-11-16 18:15:26 +00005094
5095 // Add any extra diagnostics.
5096 for (const PartialDiagnostic &PD : Correction.getExtraDiagnostics())
5097 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), PD);
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005098}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005099
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005100TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
5101 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
5102 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005103 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
5104 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
5105 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
5106 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
5107 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005108 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005109 return TE;
5110}
5111
5112const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
5113 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
5114 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
5115 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
5116 return Entry->second;
5117}
5118
5119void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
5120 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
5121}
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +00005122
5123void Sema::ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation IILoc, IdentifierInfo *II) {
5124 DeclarationNameInfo Name(II, IILoc);
5125 LookupResult R(*this, Name, LookupAnyName, Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5126 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5127 R.setHideTags(false);
5128 LookupName(R, S);
5129 R.dump();
5130}